blob: 923da4e06b6c81c586bbed9b0ca0a601290ddc12 [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000014#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000017#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000023#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000024#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000025#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000026#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +000027#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000028#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Richard Smith4caa4492015-05-15 02:34:32 +000029#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000030#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
31#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000042#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000043#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000044#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000045#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000046#include <algorithm>
47#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000048#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000049#include <list>
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +000050#include <map>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000051#include <set>
52#include <utility>
53#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000054
55using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000056using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000057
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000058namespace {
59 class UnqualUsingEntry {
60 const DeclContext *Nominated;
61 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000062
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000063 public:
64 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
65 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
66 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
67 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000068
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000069 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
70 return CommonAncestor;
71 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000072
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000073 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
74 return Nominated;
75 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000076
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000077 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
78 struct Comparator {
79 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
80 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
81 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000082
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000083 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
84 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
85 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000086
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000087 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
88 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
89 }
90 };
91 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000092
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000093 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
94 /// lookup.
95 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000096 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000097
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000098 ListTy list;
99 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000100
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000101 public:
102 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000103
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000104 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000105 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000106 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
107 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
108 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000109 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000110 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000111
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000112 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000113 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
114 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
115 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000116 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000117 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
118 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
119 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000120 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
121 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000122 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000123 }
124 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000125
126 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
127 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
128 // declared in the context.
129 //
130 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
131 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
132 // the effective DCs right.
133 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000134 if (!visited.insert(DC).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000135 return;
136
137 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
138 }
139
140 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
141 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
142 // were declared in the effective DC.
143 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
144 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000145 if (!visited.insert(NS).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000146 return;
147
148 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
149 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
150 }
151
152 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
153 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
154 // the given effective context.
155 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000156 SmallVector<DeclContext*,4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000157 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000158 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000159 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000160 if (visited.insert(NS).second) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000161 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
162 queue.push_back(NS);
163 }
164 }
165
166 if (queue.empty())
167 return;
168
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000169 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000170 }
171 }
172
173 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
174 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
175 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
176 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
177 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
178 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
179 // the first.
180 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
181 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
182 // the nominated namespace.
183 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
184 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
185 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000186 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000187
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000188 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
189 }
190
191 void done() {
192 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
193 }
194
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000195 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000196
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000197 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
198 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
199
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000200 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator>
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000201 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000202 return llvm::make_range(std::equal_range(begin(), end(),
203 DC->getPrimaryContext(),
204 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator()));
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000205 }
206 };
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +0000207}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000208
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000209// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
210// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000211static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
212 bool CPlusPlus,
213 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000214 unsigned IDNS = 0;
215 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000216 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000217 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000218 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000219 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000220 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000221 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000222 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000223 if (Redeclaration)
224 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000225 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000226 if (Redeclaration)
227 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000228 break;
229
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000230 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
231 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
232 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
233 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
234 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
235 break;
236
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000237 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000238 if (CPlusPlus) {
239 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
240
241 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
242 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
243 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
244 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
245 // "overload" with tag decls.
246 if (Redeclaration)
247 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
248 } else {
249 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
250 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000251 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000252
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000253 case Sema::LookupLabel:
254 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
255 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000256
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000257 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
258 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
259 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000260 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000261 break;
262
263 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000264 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
265 break;
266
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000267 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000268 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000269 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000270
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000271 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000272 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
273 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
274 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
275 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000276 break;
277
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000278 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
279 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
280 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000281
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000282 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000283 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000284 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
285 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
286 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000287 }
288 return IDNS;
289}
290
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000291void LookupResult::configure() {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000292 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000293 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000294
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000295 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
296 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
297 // operators can be found.
298 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
299 case OO_New:
300 case OO_Delete:
301 case OO_Array_New:
302 case OO_Array_Delete:
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000303 getSema().DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000304 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000305
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000306 default:
307 break;
308 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000309
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000310 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
311 // up being declared.
312 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
313 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000314 if (!getSema().Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000315 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000316 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000317 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000318}
319
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000320bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000321 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000322 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
323 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
324 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
325 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
326 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
327 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
328 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000329 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
330 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000331 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
332 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
333 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000334 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000335}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000336
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000337// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000338void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000339 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000340}
341
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000342/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
343/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000344static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000345 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
346 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
347 // those.
348 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
349 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
350 return DC;
351
352 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
353 // declaration must have been found there.
354 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
355}
356
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000357/// \brief Determine whether \p D is a better lookup result than \p Existing,
358/// given that they declare the same entity.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000359static bool isPreferredLookupResult(Sema &S, Sema::LookupNameKind Kind,
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000360 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *Existing) {
361 // When looking up redeclarations of a using declaration, prefer a using
362 // shadow declaration over any other declaration of the same entity.
363 if (Kind == Sema::LookupUsingDeclName && isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
364 !isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Existing))
365 return true;
366
367 auto *DUnderlying = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
368 auto *EUnderlying = Existing->getUnderlyingDecl();
369
370 // If they have different underlying declarations, pick one arbitrarily
371 // (this happens when two type declarations denote the same type).
372 // FIXME: Should we prefer a struct declaration over a typedef or vice versa?
373 // If a name could be a typedef-name or a class-name, which is it?
374 if (DUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl() != EUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl()) {
375 assert(isa<TypeDecl>(DUnderlying) && isa<TypeDecl>(EUnderlying));
376 return false;
377 }
378
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000379 // Pick the function with more default arguments.
380 // FIXME: In the presence of ambiguous default arguments, we should keep both,
381 // so we can diagnose the ambiguity if the default argument is needed.
382 // See C++ [over.match.best]p3.
383 if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
384 auto *EFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(EUnderlying);
385 unsigned DMin = DFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
386 unsigned EMin = EFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
387 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred.
388 if (DMin != EMin)
389 return DMin < EMin;
390 }
391
392 // Pick the template with more default template arguments.
393 if (auto *DTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
394 auto *ETD = cast<TemplateDecl>(EUnderlying);
395 unsigned DMin = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
396 unsigned EMin = ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
397 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred.
398 if (DMin != EMin)
399 return DMin < EMin;
400 }
401
402 // For most kinds of declaration, it doesn't really matter which one we pick.
403 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying) && !isa<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
404 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
405 // keep what we've got.
406 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
407 }
408
409 // Pick the newer declaration; it might have a more precise type.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000410 for (Decl *Prev = DUnderlying->getPreviousDecl(); Prev;
411 Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl())
412 if (Prev == EUnderlying)
413 return true;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000414 return false;
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000415
416 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
417 // keep what we've got.
418 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000419}
420
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000421/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000422void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000423 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000424
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000425 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000426 if (N == 0) {
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000427 assert(ResultKind == NotFound ||
428 ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000429 return;
430 }
431
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000432 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
433 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000434 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000435 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
436 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000437 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000438 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000439 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
440 return;
441 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000442
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000443 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000444 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000445
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000446 llvm::SmallDenseMap<NamedDecl*, unsigned, 16> Unique;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000447 llvm::SmallDenseMap<QualType, unsigned, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000448
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000449 bool Ambiguous = false;
450 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false, HasNonFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000451 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000452
453 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000454
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000455 unsigned I = 0;
456 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000457 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
458 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000459
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000460 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
461 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && I < N-1) {
462 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
463 continue;
464 }
465
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000466 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ExistingI;
467
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000468 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
469 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
470 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
471 // canonical type.
472 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000473 // FIXME: Why are nested type declarations treated differently?
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000474 if (!TD->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000475 QualType T = getSema().Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000476 auto UniqueResult = UniqueTypes.insert(
477 std::make_pair(getSema().Context.getCanonicalType(T), I));
478 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
479 // The type is not unique.
480 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000481 }
482 }
483 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000484
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000485 // For non-type declarations, check for a prior lookup result naming this
486 // canonical declaration.
487 if (!ExistingI) {
488 auto UniqueResult = Unique.insert(std::make_pair(D, I));
489 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
490 // We've seen this entity before.
491 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000492 }
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000493 }
494
495 if (ExistingI) {
496 // This is not a unique lookup result. Pick one of the results and
497 // discard the other.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000498 if (isPreferredLookupResult(getSema(), getLookupKind(), Decls[I],
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000499 Decls[*ExistingI]))
500 Decls[*ExistingI] = Decls[I];
501 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000502 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000503 }
504
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000505 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000506
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000507 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
508 HasUnresolved = true;
509 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
510 if (HasTag)
511 Ambiguous = true;
512 UniqueTagIndex = I;
513 HasTag = true;
514 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
515 HasFunction = true;
516 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
517 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
518 HasFunction = true;
519 } else {
520 if (HasNonFunction)
521 Ambiguous = true;
522 HasNonFunction = true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000523 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000524 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000525 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000526
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000527 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
528 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
529 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
530 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
531 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
532 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
533 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
534 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
535 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000536 if (HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000537 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000538 if (getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
539 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1])))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000540 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
541 else
542 Ambiguous = true;
543 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000544
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000545 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000546
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000547 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000548 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000549
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000550 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000551 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000552 else if (HasUnresolved)
553 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000554 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000555 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000556 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000557 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000558}
559
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000560void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000561 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000562 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000563 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
564 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000565 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000566}
567
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000568void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000569 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
570 Paths->swap(P);
571 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
572 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000573 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000574}
575
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000576void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000577 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
578 Paths->swap(P);
579 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
580 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000581 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000582}
583
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000584void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000585 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
586 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
587 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000588
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000589 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
590 Out << "\n";
591 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
592 }
593}
594
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000595/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
596/// fail.
597static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
598 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
599
600 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
601 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
602 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
603 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
604 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
605 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
606 if (II) {
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000607 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.getLangOpts().GNUMode &&
608 II == S.getFloat128Identifier()) {
609 // libstdc++4.7's type_traits expects type __float128 to exist, so
610 // insert a dummy type to make that header build in gnu++11 mode.
611 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getFloat128StubType());
612 return true;
613 }
614
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000615 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
616 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
617 // In C++, we don't have any predefined library functions like
618 // 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000619 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000620 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
621 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000622
623 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
624 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000625 R.isForRedeclaration(),
626 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000627 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000628 return true;
629 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000630 }
631 }
632 }
633
634 return false;
635}
636
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000637/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
638/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000639static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000640 // We need to have a definition for the class.
641 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
642 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000643
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000644 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000645 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000646}
647
648void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000649 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000650 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000651
652 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000653 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000654 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000655
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000656 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000657 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000658 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000659
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000660 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000661 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000662 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
663
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000664 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000665 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
666 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
667 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class); // might not actually do it
668
669 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
670 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
671 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class); // might not actually do it
672 }
673
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000674 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000675 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000676 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000677}
678
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000679/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000680/// special member function.
681static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
682 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000683 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000684 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
685 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000686
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000687 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
688 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000689
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000690 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000691 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000692 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000693
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000694 return false;
695}
696
697/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
698/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000699static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000700 DeclarationName Name,
701 const DeclContext *DC) {
702 if (!DC)
703 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000704
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000705 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000706 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
707 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000708 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000709 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000710 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000711 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000712 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000713 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000714 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000715 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
716 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000717 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000718 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000719
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000720 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
721 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000722 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000723 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000724 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000725 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000726
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000727 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
728 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
729 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000730
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000731 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000732 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000733 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000734 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000735 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000736 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000737 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
738 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
739 }
740 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000741 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000742
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000743 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000744 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000745 }
746}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000747
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000748// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
749// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000750static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000751 bool Found = false;
752
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000753 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000754 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000755 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000756
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000757 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
Richard Smithcf4bdde2015-02-21 02:45:19 +0000758 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
759 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000760 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000761 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000762 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000763 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000764 Found = true;
765 }
766 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000767
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000768 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
769 return true;
770
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000771 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000772 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
773 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
774 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
775 return Found;
776
777 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000778 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000779 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
780 // context of the use are considered. [...]
781 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000782 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000783 return Found;
784
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000785 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
786 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000787 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
788 if (!ConvTemplate)
789 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000790
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000791 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000792 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
793 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000794 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
795 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
796 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
797 Found = true;
798 continue;
799 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000800
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000801 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000802 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
803 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000804 // name lookup.
805 //
806 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
807 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000808 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000809 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
810 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000811 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000812 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000813
814 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000815 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
816 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000817
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000818 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
819 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
820 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000821 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000822 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +0000823 EPI.ExceptionSpec = EST_None;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000824 QualType ExpectedType
825 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000826 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000827
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000828 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
829 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000830 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000831 Specialization, Info)
832 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
833 R.addDecl(Specialization);
834 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000835 }
836 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000837
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000838 return Found;
839}
840
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000841// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000842static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000843CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000844 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000845
846 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
847
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000848 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000849 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000850
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000851 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
852 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000853 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS))
854 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UUE.getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000855 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000856
857 R.resolveKind();
858
859 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000860}
861
862static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000863 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000864 return Ctx->isFileContext();
865 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000866}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000867
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000868// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
869// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
870// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
871// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
872// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
873// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
874// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
875static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000876 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000877 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000878 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000879 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
880 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000881 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000882 break;
883 }
884 }
885
886 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
887 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
888 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
889 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
890 // a member of this namespace.
891 //
892 // Example:
893 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000894 // namespace N {
895 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000896 //
897 // template<class T> class B {
898 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000899 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000900 // }
901 //
902 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
903 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
904 // }
905 //
906 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
907 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000908 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000909 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
910 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
911
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000912 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000913 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
914 // template<class C>.
915 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
916 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
917 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
918 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000919
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000920 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
921 // the example, this is namespace N.
922 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
923 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
924 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000925
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000926 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
927 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
928 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
929 // example, this is the global scope.
930 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
931 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
932 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
933
934 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000935}
936
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000937namespace {
938/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
939/// declarations.
940struct FindLocalExternScope {
941 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
942 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
943 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
944 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
945 }
946 void restore() {
947 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
948 }
949 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
950 restore();
951 }
952 LookupResult &R;
953 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
954};
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +0000955}
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000956
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000957bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000958 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000959
960 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000961 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000962
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000963 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
964 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
965 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
966 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000967 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000968 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
969 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000970
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000971 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
972 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
973
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000974 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000975 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000976 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
977 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000978
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000979 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000980 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000981 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
982 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
983 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000984 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000985 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000986 //
987 // For example:
988 // namespace A { int i; }
989 // void foo() {
990 // int i;
991 // {
992 // using namespace A;
993 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
994 // }
995 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000996 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +0000997 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
998 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000999 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001000 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001001
1002 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1003 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1004
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001005 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001006 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001007
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001008 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001009 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001010 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001011 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001012 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1013 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1014 // out-of-scope.
1015 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
1016 LeftStartingScope = true;
1017
1018 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith9a00bbf2013-10-16 21:12:00 +00001019 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
1020 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
1021 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
1022 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001023 R.setShadowed();
1024 continue;
1025 }
1026 }
1027
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001028 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001029 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001030 }
1031 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001032 if (Found) {
1033 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001034 if (S->isClassScope())
1035 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
1036 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001037 return true;
1038 }
1039
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001040 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001041 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
1042 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
1043 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
1044 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
1045 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
1046 return false;
1047 }
1048
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001049 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1050 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1051 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001052 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001053 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1054 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1055 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1056 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001057 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001058 }
1059
1060 if (Ctx) {
1061 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1062 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001063 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001064 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1065 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1066
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00001067 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001068 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1069 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1070 // non-transparent context.
1071 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001072 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001073
1074 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
1075 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
1076 // function/method are present within the Scope.
1077 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
1078 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
1079 // in the corresponding interface.
1080 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1081 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1082 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1083 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1084 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001085 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001086 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001087 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1088 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001089 R.resolveKind();
1090 return true;
1091 }
1092 }
1093 }
1094 }
1095
1096 continue;
1097 }
1098
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001099 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1100 // lookup considering using directives.
1101 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001102 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1103 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1104 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001105 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1106 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1107 continue;
1108
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001109 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001110 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001111
1112 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1113 // from local scopes.
1114 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1115 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1116 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1117 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1118 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1119
1120 UDirs.done();
1121
1122 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1123 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001124
1125 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1126 R.resolveKind();
1127 return true;
1128 }
1129
1130 continue;
1131 }
1132
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001133 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1134 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1135 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1136 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1137 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1138 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001139 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001140 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001141 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001142 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001143 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001144
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001145 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1146 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1147 if (!S) return false;
1148
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001149 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001150 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001151 return false;
1152
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001153 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001154 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001155 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001156 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1157 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001158 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1159 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1160 UDirs.done();
1161 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001162
1163 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1164 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1165 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1166 FindLocals.restore();
1167
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001168 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001169 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1170 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1171 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1172 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001173 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001174 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001175 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001176 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001177 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1178 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1179 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1180 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001181 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001182 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001183 }
1184 }
1185
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001186 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001187 R.resolveKind();
1188 return true;
1189 }
1190
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001191 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001192 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1193 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1194 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001195 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001196 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1197 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1198 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1199 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001200 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001201 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001202
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001203 if (Ctx) {
1204 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1205 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001206 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001207 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1208 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1209
1210 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1211 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1212 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1213 // non-transparent context.
1214 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1215 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001216
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001217 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1218 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1219 // look into that context.
1220 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1221 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1222 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001223
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001224 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1225 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1226 Found = true;
1227 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001228
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001229 if (Found) {
1230 R.resolveKind();
1231 return true;
1232 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001233
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001234 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1235 return false;
1236 }
1237 }
1238
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001239 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001240 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001241 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001242
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001243 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001244}
1245
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001246/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1247/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1248static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1249 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1250}
1251
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001252Module *Sema::getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1253 // If it's imported, grab its owning module.
1254 Module *M = Entity->getImportedOwningModule();
1255 if (M || !isa<NamedDecl>(Entity) || !cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->isHidden())
1256 return M;
1257 assert(!Entity->isFromASTFile() &&
1258 "hidden entity from AST file has no owning module");
1259
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001260 if (!getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1261 // If we're not tracking visibility locally, the only way a declaration
1262 // can be hidden and local is if it's hidden because it's parent is (for
1263 // instance, maybe this is a lazily-declared special member of an imported
1264 // class).
1265 auto *Parent = cast<NamedDecl>(Entity->getDeclContext());
1266 assert(Parent->isHidden() && "unexpectedly hidden decl");
1267 return getOwningModule(Parent);
1268 }
1269
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001270 // It's local and hidden; grab or compute its owning module.
1271 M = Entity->getLocalOwningModule();
1272 if (M)
1273 return M;
1274
1275 if (auto *Containing =
1276 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Entity->getLocation())) {
1277 M = Containing;
1278 } else if (Entity->isInvalidDecl() || Entity->getLocation().isInvalid()) {
1279 // Don't bother tracking visibility for invalid declarations with broken
1280 // locations.
1281 cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->setHidden(false);
1282 } else {
1283 // We need to assign a module to an entity that exists outside of any
1284 // module, so that we can hide it from modules that we textually enter.
1285 // Invent a fake module for all such entities.
1286 if (!CachedFakeTopLevelModule) {
1287 CachedFakeTopLevelModule =
1288 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap().findOrCreateModule(
1289 "<top-level>", nullptr, false, false).first;
1290
1291 auto &SrcMgr = PP.getSourceManager();
1292 SourceLocation StartLoc =
1293 SrcMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(SrcMgr.getMainFileID());
1294 auto &TopLevel =
1295 VisibleModulesStack.empty() ? VisibleModules : VisibleModulesStack[0];
1296 TopLevel.setVisible(CachedFakeTopLevelModule, StartLoc);
1297 }
1298
1299 M = CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1300 }
1301
1302 if (M)
1303 Entity->setLocalOwningModule(M);
1304 return M;
1305}
1306
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001307void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc) {
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001308 if (auto *M = PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Loc))
1309 Context.mergeDefinitionIntoModule(ND, M);
1310 else
1311 // We're not building a module; just make the definition visible.
1312 ND->setHidden(false);
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001313
1314 // If ND is a template declaration, make the template parameters
1315 // visible too. They're not (necessarily) within a mergeable DeclContext.
1316 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
1317 for (auto *Param : *TD->getTemplateParameters())
1318 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Param, Loc);
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001319}
1320
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001321/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001322static Module *getDefiningModule(Sema &S, Decl *Entity) {
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001323 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1324 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1325 // the module containing the pattern.
1326 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1327 Entity = Pattern;
1328 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
Reid Klecknere7367d62014-10-14 20:28:40 +00001329 if (CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1330 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001331 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1332 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1333 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1334 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1335 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1336 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1337 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1338 }
1339
1340 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1341 // from a template.
1342 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1343 if (Context->isFileContext())
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001344 return S.getOwningModule(Entity);
1345 return getDefiningModule(S, cast<Decl>(Context));
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001346}
1347
1348llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1349 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1350 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1351 I != N; ++I) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001352 Module *M =
1353 getDefiningModule(*this, ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001354 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001355 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001356 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1357 }
1358 return LookupModulesCache;
1359}
1360
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001361bool Sema::hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def) {
1362 for (Module *Merged : Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Def))
1363 if (isModuleVisible(Merged))
1364 return true;
1365 return false;
1366}
1367
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001368template<typename ParmDecl>
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001369static bool
1370hasVisibleDefaultArgument(Sema &S, const ParmDecl *D,
1371 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001372 if (!D->hasDefaultArgument())
1373 return false;
1374
1375 while (D) {
1376 auto &DefaultArg = D->getDefaultArgStorage();
1377 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && S.isVisible(D))
1378 return true;
1379
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001380 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && Modules) {
1381 auto *NonConstD = const_cast<ParmDecl*>(D);
1382 Modules->push_back(S.getOwningModule(NonConstD));
1383 const auto &Merged = S.Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstD);
1384 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1385 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001386
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001387 // If there was a previous default argument, maybe its parameter is visible.
1388 D = DefaultArg.getInheritedFrom();
1389 }
1390 return false;
1391}
1392
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001393bool Sema::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1394 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001395 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001396 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001397 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001398 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
1399 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D),
1400 Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001401}
1402
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001403/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1404///
1405/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1406/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1407/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1408/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1409/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1410/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1411bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001412 assert(D->isHidden() && "should not call this: not in slow case");
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001413 Module *DeclModule = nullptr;
1414
1415 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1416 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1417 if (!DeclModule) {
1418 // getOwningModule() may have decided the declaration should not be hidden.
1419 assert(!D->isHidden() && "hidden decl not from a module");
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001420 return true;
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001421 }
1422
1423 // If the owning module is visible, and the decl is not module private,
1424 // then the decl is visible too. (Module private is ignored within the same
1425 // top-level module.)
1426 if ((!D->isFromASTFile() || !D->isModulePrivate()) &&
1427 (SemaRef.isModuleVisible(DeclModule) ||
1428 SemaRef.hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D)))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001429 return true;
1430 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001431
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001432 // If this declaration is not at namespace scope nor module-private,
1433 // then it is visible if its lexical parent has a visible definition.
1434 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
1435 if (!D->isModulePrivate() &&
1436 DC && !DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001437 // For a parameter, check whether our current template declaration's
1438 // lexical context is visible, not whether there's some other visible
1439 // definition of it, because parameters aren't "within" the definition.
1440 if ((D->isTemplateParameter() || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
1441 ? isVisible(SemaRef, cast<NamedDecl>(DC))
1442 : SemaRef.hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(DC))) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001443 if (SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1444 // FIXME: Do something better in this case.
1445 !SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001446 // Cache the fact that this declaration is implicitly visible because
1447 // its parent has a visible definition.
1448 D->setHidden(false);
1449 }
1450 return true;
1451 }
1452 return false;
1453 }
1454
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001455 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1456 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1457 if (LookupModules.empty())
1458 return false;
1459
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001460 if (!DeclModule) {
1461 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1462 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1463 }
1464
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001465 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1466 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1467 return true;
1468
1469 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1470 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1471 return false;
1472
1473 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1474 // the lookup set.
1475 for (llvm::DenseSet<Module *>::iterator I = LookupModules.begin(),
1476 E = LookupModules.end();
1477 I != E; ++I)
1478 if ((*I)->isModuleVisible(DeclModule))
1479 return true;
1480 return false;
1481}
1482
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001483bool Sema::isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D) {
1484 return LookupResult::isVisible(*this, const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D));
1485}
1486
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001487/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1488///
1489/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1490/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1491/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001492///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001493/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1494/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001495static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1496 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001497
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001498 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
1499 if (auto ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(RD)) {
Richard Smithe8292b12015-02-10 03:28:10 +00001500 // FIXME: This is wrong in the case where the previous declaration is not
1501 // visible in the same scope as D. This needs to be done much more
1502 // carefully.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001503 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
Douglas Gregor54079202012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001504 return ND;
1505 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001506 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001507
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001508 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001509}
1510
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001511NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +00001512 return findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), D);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001513}
1514
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001515/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1516/// scope.
1517///
1518/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1519/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1520/// @code
1521/// int x;
1522/// int f() {
1523/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1524/// }
1525/// @endcode
1526///
1527/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1528/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1529/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1530/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1531/// class LookupCriteria.
1532///
1533/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1534/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1535/// in the parent scopes.
1536///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001537/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1538/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1539/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1540/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001541///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001542/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001543bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1544 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001545 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001546
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001547 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1548
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001549 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001550 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1551 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001552 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001553 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1554 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001555 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001556 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001557 }
1558
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001559 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1560 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1561
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001562 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1563 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1564 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1565 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001566 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1567
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001568 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001569 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001570 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001571 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001572 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1573 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1574 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001575 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001576 LeftStartingScope = true;
1577
1578 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1579 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001580 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1581 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001582 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001583 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001584 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001585 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1586 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1587 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001588
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001589 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001590
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001591 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1592 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001593 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001594 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1595 // actually exists in a Scope).
1596 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1597 S = S->getParent();
1598
1599 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1600 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1601 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1602 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001603 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001604
1605 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001606 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001607 if (!S)
1608 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1609
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001610 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1611 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001612 if (S) {
1613 // Match based on scope.
1614 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1615 break;
1616 } else {
1617 // Match based on DeclContext.
1618 DeclContext *LastDC
1619 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1620 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1621 break;
1622 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001623
1624 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1625 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1626 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001627 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001628
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001629 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001630 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001631
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001632 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001633 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001634 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001635 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001636 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001637 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001638 }
1639
1640 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1641 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1642 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001643 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1644 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001645
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001646 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1647 // may be able to handle the situation.
1648 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1649 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1650 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001651}
1652
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001653/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1654/// using directives by the given context.
1655///
1656/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001657/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001658/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1659/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1660/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1661/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1662/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1663/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1664/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1665/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1666/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1667/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1668/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1669/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001670///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001671/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1672/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1673/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1674/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1675/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1676/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1677/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1678/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1679/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001680static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001681 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001682 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1683
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001684 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1685 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001686
1687 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001688 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001689 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1690
1691 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1692 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001693 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001694
1695 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1696 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001697 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1698 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001699 if (Visited.insert(ND).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001700 Queue.push_back(ND);
1701 }
1702
1703 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1704 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1705 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1706 // a tag.
1707 bool FoundTag = false;
1708 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1709
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001710 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001711
1712 bool Found = false;
1713 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001714 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001715
1716 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1717 // between LookupResults.
1718 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001719 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001720 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001721
1722 if (FoundDirect) {
1723 // First do any local hiding.
1724 DirectR.resolveKind();
1725
1726 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1727 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1728 FoundTag = true;
1729 else
1730 FoundNonTag = true;
1731
1732 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1733 if (UseLocal) {
1734 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1735 LocalR.clear();
1736 }
1737 }
1738
1739 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1740 if (FoundDirect) {
1741 Found = true;
1742 continue;
1743 }
1744
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001745 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001746 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001747 if (Visited.insert(Nom).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001748 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1749 }
1750 }
1751
1752 if (Found) {
1753 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1754 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1755 else
1756 R.resolveKind();
1757 }
1758
1759 return Found;
1760}
1761
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001762/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001763static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001764 CXXBasePath &Path, DeclarationName Name) {
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001765 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001766
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001767 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001768 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001769}
1770
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001771/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001772/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1773template<typename InputIterator>
1774static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1775 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1776 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1777 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001778
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001779 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1780 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1781 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1782 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1783 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001784
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001785 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1786 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1787 break;
1788 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001789
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001790 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1791 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1792 break;
1793 }
1794 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001795
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001796 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1797 return true;
1798 }
1799
1800 return false;
1801}
1802
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001803/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001804///
1805/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1806/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001807/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001808///
1809/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1810/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1811/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1812/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1813/// class LookupCriteria.
1814///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001815/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1816///
1817/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001818/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1819/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1820///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001821/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001822/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001823///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001824/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1825bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1826 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001827 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001828
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001829 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001830 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001831
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001832 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1833 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1834 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001835 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001836 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001837 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001838
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001839 // Perform qualified name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001840 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001841 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001842 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1843 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001844 return true;
1845 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001846
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001847 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1848 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1849 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1850 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1851 // for the namespace member has the form
1852 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1853 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1854 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1855 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001856 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001857 return false;
1858
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001859 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001860 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001861 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001862
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001863 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00001864 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001865 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00001866 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001867 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001868
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001869 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
1870 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001871 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001872 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
1873 // or we have to fail.
1874 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
1875 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
1876 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1877 return false;
1878 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001879
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001880 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001881 CXXBasePaths Paths;
1882 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001883
1884 // Look for this member in our base classes
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001885 bool (*BaseCallback)(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path,
1886 DeclarationName Name) = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001887 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001888 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001889 case LookupOrdinaryName:
1890 case LookupMemberName:
1891 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001892 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001893 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
1894 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001895
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001896 case LookupTagName:
1897 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
1898 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001899
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001900 case LookupAnyName:
1901 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
1902 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001903
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001904 case LookupUsingDeclName:
1905 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001906
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001907 case LookupOperatorName:
1908 case LookupNamespaceName:
1909 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00001910 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001911 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001912 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001913
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001914 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
1915 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
1916 break;
1917 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001918
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001919 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
1920 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(
1921 [=](const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
1922 return BaseCallback(Specifier, Path, Name);
1923 },
1924 Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001925 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001926
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001927 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
1928
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001929 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
1930 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
1931 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
1932 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
1933 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
1934 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001935 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00001936 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00001937 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001938
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001939 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001940 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001941 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001942
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00001943 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
1944 // across all paths.
1945 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001946
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001947 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
1948 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001949 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001950 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
1951 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001952 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001953 }
1954
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001955 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001956 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
1957 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001958 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00001959 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001960 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001961 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001962 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
1963 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001964
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001965 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1966 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001967 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
1968 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
1969 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001970
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001971 ++FirstD;
1972 ++CurrentD;
1973 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001974
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001975 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1976 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001977 continue;
1978 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001979
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001980 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
1981 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001982 }
1983
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001984 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001985 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
1986
1987 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
1988 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
1989 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001990 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001991 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001992 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001993
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001994 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
1995 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001996 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
1997 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001998 }
1999 }
2000
2001 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
2002
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002003 for (auto *D : Paths.front().Decls) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002004 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
2005 D->getAccess());
2006 R.addDecl(D, AS);
2007 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002008 R.resolveKind();
2009 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002010}
2011
Nikola Smiljanicfce370e2014-12-01 23:15:01 +00002012/// \brief Performs qualified name lookup or special type of lookup for
2013/// "__super::" scope specifier.
2014///
2015/// This routine is a convenience overload meant to be called from contexts
2016/// that need to perform a qualified name lookup with an optional C++ scope
2017/// specifier that might require special kind of lookup.
2018///
2019/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2020///
2021/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
2022/// search.
2023///
2024/// \param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier.
2025///
2026/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
2027bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2028 CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2029 auto *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
2030 if (NNS && NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2031 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2032 else
2033
2034 return LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx);
2035}
2036
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002037/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
2038/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
2039///
2040/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
2041/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
2042/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
2043/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002044/// respectively) on the given name and return those results. It will
2045/// perform a special type of lookup for "__super::" scope specifier.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002046///
2047/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
2048/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002049///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002050/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002051///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002052/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
2053/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
2054///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002055/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002056bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002057 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002058 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
2059 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002060 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002061 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002062 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002063
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002064 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002065 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS->getScopeRep();
2066 if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2067 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2068
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002069 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002070 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002071 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00002072 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002073 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002074
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002075 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002076 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002077 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002078
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002079 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002080 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002081 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00002082 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2083 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002084 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002085 }
2086
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002087 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002088 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002089}
2090
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002091/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into all base classes of the given
2092/// class.
2093///
2094/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2095///
2096/// \param Class The context in which qualified name lookup will
2097/// search. Name lookup will search in all base classes merging the results.
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002098///
2099/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
2100bool Sema::LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002101 // The access-control rules we use here are essentially the rules for
2102 // doing a lookup in Class that just magically skipped the direct
2103 // members of Class itself. That is, the naming class is Class, and the
2104 // access includes the access of the base.
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002105 for (const auto &BaseSpec : Class->bases()) {
2106 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
2107 BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2108 LookupResult Result(*this, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind());
2109 Result.setBaseObjectType(Context.getRecordType(Class));
2110 LookupQualifiedName(Result, RD);
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002111
2112 // Copy the lookup results into the target, merging the base's access into
2113 // the path access.
2114 for (auto I = Result.begin(), E = Result.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2115 R.addDecl(I.getDecl(),
2116 CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(BaseSpec.getAccessSpecifier(),
2117 I.getAccess()));
2118 }
2119
2120 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002121 }
2122
2123 R.resolveKind();
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002124 R.setNamingClass(Class);
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002125
2126 return !R.empty();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002127}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002128
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002129/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002130/// from name lookup.
2131///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002132/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002133void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002134 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
2135
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002136 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
2137 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
2138 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
2139
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002140 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
2141 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
2142 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
2143 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
2144 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
2145 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
2146 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002147
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002148 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002149 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
2150 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
2151 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002152
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002153 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002154 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002155 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002156
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002157 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002158 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
2159 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002160
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002161 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002162 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002163 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
2164 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002165 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002166 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002167 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
2168 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
2169 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002170 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002171 }
2172
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002173 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
2174 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00002175
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002176 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*,8> TagDecls;
2177
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002178 for (auto *D : Result)
2179 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002180 TagDecls.insert(TD);
2181 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
2182 }
2183
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002184 for (auto *D : Result)
2185 if (!isa<TagDecl>(D))
2186 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002187
2188 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00002189 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
2190 while (F.hasNext()) {
2191 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
2192 F.erase();
2193 }
2194 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002195 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002196 }
2197
2198 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
2199 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002200
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002201 for (auto *D : Result)
2202 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << D;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002203 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002204 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002205 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002206}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002207
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002208namespace {
2209 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002210 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002211 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2212 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002213 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
2214 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002215 }
2216
2217 Sema &S;
2218 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
2219 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002220 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002221 };
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00002222}
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002223
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002224static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002225addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002226
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002227static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2228 DeclContext *Ctx) {
2229 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
2230
2231 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
2232 // be a locally scoped record.
2233
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00002234 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
2235 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
2236 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
2237 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
2238 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002239 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
2240
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002241 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002242 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002243}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002244
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002245// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002246// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002247static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002248addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2249 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002250 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002251 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002252 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2253 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2254 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002255
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002256 case TemplateArgument::Type:
2257 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
2258 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
2259 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002260 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002261 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002262
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002263 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002264 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002265 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
2266 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002267 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002268 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002269 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002270 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002271 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
2272 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002273 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002274 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002275 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002276 }
2277 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002278 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002279
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002280 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002281 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
2282 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00002283 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002284 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002285 // associated namespaces. ]
2286 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002287
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002288 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00002289 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
2290 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002291 break;
2292 }
2293}
2294
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002295// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002296// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2297// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2298static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002299addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2300 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2301
2302 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2303 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2304 return;
2305
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002306 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2307 // [...]
2308 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2309 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2310 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2311 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002312 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002313
2314 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2315 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2316 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002317 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002318 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002319 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002320
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002321 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2322 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002323 //
2324 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2325 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2326 // added its base classes yet.
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00002327 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class).second)
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002328 return;
2329
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002330 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2331 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002332 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002333 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002334 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002335 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2336 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2337 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002338 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002339 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002340 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2341 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2342 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002343 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002344 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002345 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002346
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002347 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2348 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002349 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002350 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002351
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002352 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002353 if (!Class->hasDefinition())
2354 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002355
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002356 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2357 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002358 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002359 Bases.push_back(Class);
2360 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2361 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002362 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002363
2364 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002365 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2366 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002367 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2368 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2369 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2370 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2371 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2372 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2373 if (!BaseType)
2374 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002375 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00002376 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl).second) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002377 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2378 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002379 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002380
2381 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2382 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2383 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2384 }
2385 }
2386 }
2387}
2388
2389// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2390// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002391// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2392static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002393addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002394 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2395 //
2396 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2397 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2398 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2399 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2400 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2401 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2402 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2403 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002404
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002405 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002406 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2407
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002408 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002409 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2410
2411#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2412#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2413#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2414#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2415#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2416#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2417 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2418 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2419 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2420 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2421 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002422 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002423
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002424 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2425 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2426 case Type::Pointer:
2427 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2428 continue;
2429 case Type::ConstantArray:
2430 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2431 case Type::VariableArray:
2432 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2433 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002434
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002435 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2436 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2437 case Type::Builtin:
2438 break;
2439
2440 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2441 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2442 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2443 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2444 // which its associated classes are defined.
2445 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002446 Result.S.RequireCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc, QualType(T, 0),
2447 /*no diagnostic*/ 0);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002448 CXXRecordDecl *Class
2449 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002450 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002451 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002452 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002453
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002454 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2455 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002456 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002457 // it has no associated class.
2458 case Type::Enum: {
2459 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002460
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002461 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2462 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002463 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002464
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002465 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002466 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002467
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002468 break;
2469 }
2470
2471 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2472 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2473 // types and those associated with the return type.
2474 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2475 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002476 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2477 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002478 // fallthrough
2479 }
2480 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2481 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002482 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002483 continue;
2484 }
2485
2486 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2487 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2488 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2489 // together with those associated with X.
2490 //
2491 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2492 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2493 // with the member type together with those associated with
2494 // X.
2495 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2496 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2497
2498 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2499 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2500
2501 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2502 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2503 continue;
2504 }
2505
2506 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2507 case Type::BlockPointer:
2508 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2509 continue;
2510
2511 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2512 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2513 case Type::LValueReference:
2514 case Type::RValueReference:
2515 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2516 continue;
2517
2518 // These are fundamental types.
2519 case Type::Vector:
2520 case Type::ExtVector:
2521 case Type::Complex:
2522 break;
2523
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002524 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2525 case Type::Auto:
2526 break;
2527
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002528 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2529 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2530 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002531 case Type::ObjCObject:
2532 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2533 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002534 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002535 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002536
2537 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2538 // contained type.
2539 case Type::Atomic:
2540 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2541 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002542 }
2543
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002544 if (Queue.empty())
2545 break;
2546 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002547 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002548}
2549
2550/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2551/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2552/// arguments.
2553///
2554/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002555/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002556/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002557void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2558 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2559 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2560 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002561 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2562 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2563
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002564 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2565 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002566
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002567 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2568 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2569 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2570 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2571 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2572 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002573 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002574 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002575 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2576
2577 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002578 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002579 continue;
2580 }
2581
2582 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2583 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2584 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2585 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2586 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2587 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2588 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002589 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002590 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002591 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002592 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002593
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002594 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2595 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002596
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002597 for (const auto *D : ULE->decls()) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002598 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002599 const FunctionDecl *FDecl = D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002600
2601 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2602 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002603 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002604 }
2605 }
2606}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002607
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002608NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002609 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002610 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2611 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002612 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002613 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002614 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002615}
2616
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002617/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002618ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002619 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2620 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002621 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002622 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002623 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2624}
2625
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002626void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002627 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002628 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002629 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2630 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2631 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2632 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2633 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002634 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002635 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002636 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2637 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002638
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002639 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002640 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002641}
2642
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002643Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002644 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2645 bool ConstArg,
2646 bool VolatileArg,
2647 bool RValueThis,
2648 bool ConstThis,
2649 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002650 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002651 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002652 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002653 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2654 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2655 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2656 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2657 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2658 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2659
2660 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002661 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002662 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2663 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2664 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2665 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2666 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2667 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2668
2669 void *InsertPoint;
2670 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2671 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2672
2673 // This was already cached
2674 if (Result)
2675 return Result;
2676
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002677 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2678 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002679 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2680
2681 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002682 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002683 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2684 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002685 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2686 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002687 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2688 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002689 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002690 return Result;
2691 }
2692
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002693 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2694 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002695 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002696 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002697 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002698 unsigned NumArgs;
2699
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002700 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2701 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2702
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002703 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2704 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2705 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002706 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2707 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002708 } else {
2709 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2710 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002711 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002712 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002713 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002714 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002715 } else {
2716 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002717 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002718 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002719 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002720 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002721 }
2722
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002723 if (ConstArg)
2724 ArgType.addConst();
2725 if (VolatileArg)
2726 ArgType.addVolatile();
2727
2728 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2729 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2730 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2731 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2732 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2733 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2734 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002735 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002736 VK = VK_LValue;
2737 else
2738 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002739 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002740
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002741 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2742
2743 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002744 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002745 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002746 }
2747
2748 // Create the object argument
2749 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2750 if (ConstThis)
2751 ThisTy.addConst();
2752 if (VolatileThis)
2753 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002754 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002755 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2756 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002757
2758 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2759 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2760 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002761 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation(), OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002762 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002763
2764 if (R.empty()) {
2765 // We might have no default constructor because we have a lambda's closure
2766 // type, rather than because there's some other declared constructor.
2767 // Every class has a copy/move constructor, copy/move assignment, and
2768 // destructor.
2769 assert(SM == CXXDefaultConstructor &&
2770 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
2771 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
2772 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
2773 return Result;
2774 }
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002775
2776 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2777 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2778 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2779
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002780 for (auto *Cand : Candidates) {
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002781 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002782 continue;
2783
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002784 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2785 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2786 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2787 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2788 // either.
2789 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2790
2791 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2792 continue;
2793 }
2794
2795 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002796 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002797 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002798 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2799 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002800 else
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002801 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2802 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt2949f022011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002803 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002804 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002805 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2806 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002807 RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002808 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002809 OCS, true);
2810 else
2811 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002812 nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002813 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002814 } else {
2815 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002816 }
2817 }
2818
2819 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2820 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2821 case OR_Success:
2822 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002823 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002824 break;
2825
2826 case OR_Deleted:
2827 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002828 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002829 break;
2830
2831 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002832 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002833 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2834 break;
2835
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002836 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002837 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002838 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002839 break;
2840 }
2841
2842 return Result;
2843}
2844
2845/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2846CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002847 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002848 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2849 false, false);
2850
2851 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002852}
2853
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002854/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
2855CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002856 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002857 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2858 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
2859 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2860 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2861 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
2862
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002863 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2864}
2865
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002866/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002867CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2868 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002869 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002870 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2871 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002872
2873 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2874}
2875
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002876/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
2877DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002878 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002879 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00002880 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002881 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002882 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002883 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002884 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002885 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002886 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002887
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002888 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
2889 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
2890 return Class->lookup(Name);
2891}
2892
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002893/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
2894CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2895 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002896 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002897 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2898 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
2899 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2900 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2901 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2902 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2903 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
2904 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2905 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2906
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002907 return Result->getMethod();
2908}
2909
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002910/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
2911CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002912 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002913 bool RValueThis,
2914 unsigned ThisQuals) {
2915 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2916 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2917 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002918 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2919 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002920 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2921 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2922
2923 return Result->getMethod();
2924}
2925
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002926/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
2927///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00002928/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
2929/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002930///
2931/// \returns The destructor for this class.
2932CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002933 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
2934 false, false, false,
2935 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002936}
2937
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002938/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
2939/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
2940///
2941/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
2942/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
2943/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
2944Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
2945Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2946 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002947 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
2948 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002949 LookupName(R, S);
2950 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
2951 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
2952
2953 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
2954 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
2955
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002956 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002957 bool FoundTemplate = false;
2958 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002959 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
2960
2961 while (F.hasNext()) {
2962 Decl *D = F.next();
2963 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2964 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
2965
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00002966 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
2967 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
2968 F.erase();
2969 continue;
2970 }
2971
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002972 bool IsRaw = false;
2973 bool IsTemplate = false;
2974 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
2975 bool IsExactMatch = false;
2976
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002977 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2978 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
2979 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
2980 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00002981 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002982 IsExactMatch = true;
2983 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2984 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
2985 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
2986 IsExactMatch = false;
2987 break;
2988 }
2989 }
2990 }
2991 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002992 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2993 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
2994 if (Params->size() == 1)
2995 IsTemplate = true;
2996 else
2997 IsStringTemplate = true;
2998 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002999
3000 if (IsExactMatch) {
3001 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003002 AllowRaw = false;
3003 AllowTemplate = false;
3004 AllowStringTemplate = false;
3005 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003006 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
3007 // already found.
3008 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003009 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003010 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003011 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
3012 FoundRaw = true;
3013 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
3014 FoundTemplate = true;
3015 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
3016 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003017 } else {
3018 F.erase();
3019 }
3020 }
3021
3022 F.done();
3023
3024 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
3025 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
3026 // or literal operator template.
3027 if (FoundExactMatch)
3028 return LOLR_Cooked;
3029
3030 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
3031 // operator template, but not both.
3032 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
3033 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003034 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
3035 NoteOverloadCandidate((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003036 return LOLR_Error;
3037 }
3038
3039 if (FoundRaw)
3040 return LOLR_Raw;
3041
3042 if (FoundTemplate)
3043 return LOLR_Template;
3044
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003045 if (FoundStringTemplate)
3046 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
3047
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003048 // Didn't find anything we could use.
3049 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
3050 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003051 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
3052 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003053 return LOLR_Error;
3054}
3055
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003056void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
3057 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
3058
3059 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
3060 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003061 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003062 Old = New;
3063 return;
3064 }
3065
3066 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003067 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
3068 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003069
3070 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
3071 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00003072 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003073
3074 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
3075 // declaration; leave things as they are.
3076 if (!Cursor) return;
3077
3078 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
3079 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
3080
3081 // Otherwise, keep looking.
3082 }
3083
3084 Old = New;
3085}
3086
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003087void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3088 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003089 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
3090 // arguments we have.
3091 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
3092 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00003093 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003094 AssociatedNamespaces,
3095 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003096
3097 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003098 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
3099 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
3100 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
3101 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
3102 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
3103 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
3104 // is the union of X and Y.
3105 //
3106 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
3107 // candidate set.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003108 for (auto *NS : AssociatedNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003109 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
3110 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
3111 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
3112 //
3113 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
3114 // ignored.
3115 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003116 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003117 // associated classes are visible within their respective
3118 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
3119 // lookup (11.4).
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003120 DeclContext::lookup_result R = NS->lookup(Name);
3121 for (auto *D : R) {
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00003122 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
3123 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003124 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
3125 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
3126 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
3127 continue;
3128
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003129 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
3130 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
3131 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
3132 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
3133 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC))) {
3134 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
3135 break;
3136 }
3137 }
3138 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00003139 continue;
3140 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003141
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00003142 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3143 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003144
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003145 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003146 continue;
3147
Richard Smitha1431072015-06-12 01:32:13 +00003148 if (!isVisible(D) && !(D = findAcceptableDecl(*this, D)))
3149 continue;
3150
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003151 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00003152 }
3153 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003154}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003155
3156//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3157// Search for all visible declarations.
3158//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3159VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
3160
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003161bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
3162
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003163namespace {
3164
3165class ShadowContextRAII;
3166
3167class VisibleDeclsRecord {
3168public:
3169 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
3170 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
3171 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003172 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003173
3174private:
3175 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
3176 /// this name within a particular scope.
3177 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
3178
3179 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
3180 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
3181
3182 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
3183 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
3184
3185 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
3186
3187public:
3188 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
3189 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
3190 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00003191 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx).second;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003192 }
3193
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003194 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
3195 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
3196 }
3197
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003198 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
3199 /// current scope.
3200 ///
3201 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
3202 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
3203 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
3204
3205 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003206 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
3207 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
3208 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003209};
3210
3211/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
3212class ShadowContextRAII {
3213 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
3214
3215 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3216
3217public:
3218 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00003219 Visible.ShadowMaps.emplace_back();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003220 }
3221
3222 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003223 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3224 }
3225};
3226
3227} // end anonymous namespace
3228
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003229NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
Douglas Gregor0235c422010-01-14 00:06:47 +00003230 // Look through using declarations.
3231 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003232
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003233 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3234 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3235 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3236 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3237 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3238 if (Pos == SM->end())
3239 continue;
3240
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003241 for (auto *D : Pos->second) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003242 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003243 if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003244 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003245 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3246 continue;
3247
3248 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003249 if (((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003250 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003251 D->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003252 continue;
3253
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003254 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3255 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3256 // signatures!
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003257 if (D->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003258 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003259 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003260 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003261
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003262 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003263 return D;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003264 }
3265 }
3266
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003267 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003268}
3269
3270static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3271 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003272 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003273 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3274 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003275 if (!Ctx)
3276 return;
3277
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003278 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3279 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3280 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003281
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003282 // Outside C++, lookup results for the TU live on identifiers.
3283 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx) &&
3284 !Result.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3285 auto &S = Result.getSema();
3286 auto &Idents = S.Context.Idents;
3287
3288 // Ensure all external identifiers are in the identifier table.
3289 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External = Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
3290 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
3291 for (StringRef Name = Iter->Next(); !Name.empty(); Name = Iter->Next())
3292 Idents.get(Name);
3293 }
3294
3295 // Walk all lookup results in the TU for each identifier.
3296 for (const auto &Ident : Idents) {
3297 for (auto I = S.IdResolver.begin(Ident.getValue()),
3298 E = S.IdResolver.end();
3299 I != E; ++I) {
3300 if (S.IdResolver.isDeclInScope(*I, Ctx)) {
3301 if (NamedDecl *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
3302 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3303 Visited.add(ND);
3304 }
3305 }
3306 }
3307 }
3308
3309 return;
3310 }
3311
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003312 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3313 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3314
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003315 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Richard Trieu20abd6b2015-04-15 03:48:48 +00003316 for (DeclContextLookupResult R : Ctx->lookups()) {
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003317 for (auto *D : R) {
3318 if (auto *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(D)) {
3319 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3320 Visited.add(ND);
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003321 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003322 }
3323 }
3324
3325 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3326 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3327 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00003328 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00003329 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003330 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003331 }
3332 }
3333
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003334 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003335 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003336 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3337 return;
3338
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00003339 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3340 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003341
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003342 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3343 // there anyway.
3344 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3345 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003346
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003347 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3348 if (!Record)
3349 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003350
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003351 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3352 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3353 //
3354 // struct A { int member; };
3355 // struct B { int member; };
3356 // struct C : A, B { };
3357 //
3358 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3359 //
3360 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3361 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3362 // class, e.g.,
3363 //
3364 // c->B::member
3365 //
3366 // or
3367 //
3368 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003369
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003370 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3371 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3372 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003373 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003374 }
3375 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003376
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003377 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3378 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3379 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003380 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003381 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003382 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003383 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003384 }
3385
3386 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003387 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003388 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003389 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003390 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003391 }
3392
3393 // Traverse the superclass.
3394 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3395 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3396 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003397 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003398 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003399
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003400 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3401 // synthesized ivars.
3402 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3403 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003404 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003405 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003406 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003407 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003408 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003409 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003410 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003411 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003412 }
3413 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003414 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003415 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003416 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003417 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003418 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003419
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003420 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3421 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3422 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003423 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003424 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003425 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003426 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003427}
3428
3429static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3430 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3431 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3432 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3433 if (!S)
3434 return;
3435
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003436 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3437 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003438 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3439 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003440 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003441 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003442 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3443 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003444 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003445 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003446 Visited.add(ND);
3447 }
3448 }
3449 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003450
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003451 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003452 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003453 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003454 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3455 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3456 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003457 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003458 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003459
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003460 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003461 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003462 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3463 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3464 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3465 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3466 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003467 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003468 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003469 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003470 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003471 }
3472
3473 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3474 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3475 // outer scope.
3476 break;
3477 }
3478
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003479 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3480 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003481
3482 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003483 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003484 }
3485 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3486 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3487 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3488 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3489 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3490 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3491 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003492 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003493 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003494 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003495 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003496 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003497 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003498 }
3499
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003500 if (Entity) {
3501 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3502 // directives.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +00003503 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity))
3504 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UUE.getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003505 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003506 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003507 }
3508
3509 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3510 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3511 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3512}
3513
3514void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003515 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3516 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003517 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3518 // unqualified name lookup.
3519 Scope *Initial = S;
3520 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003521 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003522 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3523 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3524 S = S->getParent();
3525
3526 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3527 }
3528 UDirs.done();
3529
3530 // Look for visible declarations.
3531 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003532 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003533 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003534 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3535 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003536 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3537 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3538}
3539
3540void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003541 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3542 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003543 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003544 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003545 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003546 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3547 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003548 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003549 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003550 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003551}
3552
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003553/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003554/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3555/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3556/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003557LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003558 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003559 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003560 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003561
3562 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3563 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3564 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3565 Scope *S = CurScope;
3566 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3567 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3568 }
3569
3570 // Not a GNU local label.
3571 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3572 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3573 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003574 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003575 Res = nullptr;
3576 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003577 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003578 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3579 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003580 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3581 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003582 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003583 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3584}
3585
3586//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003587// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003588//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003589
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003590static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3591 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3592 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3593 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3594}
3595
3596static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3597 LookupResult &Res,
3598 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3599 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3600 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3601 bool EnteringContext,
3602 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3603 bool FindHidden);
3604
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003605/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3606/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3607/// a module' correction.
3608static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
3609 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3610 return;
3611
3612 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3613
3614 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3615 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3616 break;
3617 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3618 if (DI == DE)
3619 return;
3620
3621 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3622 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3623
3624 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3625 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3626 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3627 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3628
3629 if (VisibleDecl) {
3630 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3631 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3632 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3633 NewDecls.clear();
3634 }
3635 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3636 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3637 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3638 }
3639
3640 if (NewDecls.empty())
3641 TC = TypoCorrection();
3642 else {
3643 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3644 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3645 }
3646}
3647
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003648// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3649// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3650// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3651static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3652 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3653 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3654 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3655 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3656 else
3657 Identifiers.clear();
3658
3659 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3660
3661 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3662 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3663 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3664 break;
3665
3666 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3667 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3668 return;
3669 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3670 break;
3671
3672 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3673 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3674 break;
3675
3676 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3677 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3678 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3679 break;
3680
3681 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00003682 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003683 return;
3684 }
3685
3686 if (II)
3687 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3688}
3689
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003690void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003691 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003692 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3693 if (Hiding)
3694 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003695
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003696 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3697 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3698 // etc.).
3699 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3700 if (!Name)
3701 return;
3702
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003703 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3704 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003705 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003706 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3707 return;
3708
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003709 FoundName(Name->getName());
3710}
3711
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003712void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003713 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3714 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003715 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003716}
3717
3718void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3719 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3720 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003721 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003722}
3723
3724void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3725 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003726 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3727 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003728 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3729 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3730 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003731 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003732
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003733 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3734 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003735 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3736 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003737 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003738
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003739 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003740 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003741 TC.setCorrectionRange(nullptr, Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003742 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003743}
3744
Kaelyn Takatad2287c32014-10-27 18:07:13 +00003745static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3746
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003747void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003748 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003749 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003750
3751 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3752 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3753 // longer than the typo itself.
3754 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3755 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3756 return;
3757
3758 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003759 if (Correction.isResolved()) {
3760 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Correction);
3761 if (!Correction || !isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3762 return;
3763 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003764
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003765 TypoResultList &CList =
3766 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003767
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003768 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3769 CList.pop_back();
3770 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3771 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3772 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3773 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3774 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3775 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3776 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3777 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3778 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3779 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3780 *RI = Correction;
3781 return;
3782 }
3783 }
3784 }
3785 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3786 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003787
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003788 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003789 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3790}
3791
3792void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3793 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3794 SearchNamespaces = true;
3795
3796 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3797 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3798
3799 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3800 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3801 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3802 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3803 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3804 }
3805 for (const auto *TI : SemaRef.getASTContext().types()) {
3806 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3807 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
3808 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3809 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
3810 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
3811 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
3812 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
3813 }
3814 }
3815}
3816
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003817const TypoCorrection &TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
3818 if (++CurrentTCIndex < ValidatedCorrections.size())
3819 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3820
3821 CurrentTCIndex = ValidatedCorrections.size();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003822 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
3823 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
3824 if (DI->second.empty()) {
3825 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
3826 continue;
3827 }
3828
3829 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
3830 if (RI->second.empty()) {
3831 DI->second.erase(RI);
3832 performQualifiedLookups();
3833 continue;
3834 }
3835
3836 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003837 if (TC.isResolved() || TC.requiresImport() || resolveCorrection(TC)) {
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003838 ValidatedCorrections.push_back(TC);
3839 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3840 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003841 }
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003842 return ValidatedCorrections[0]; // The empty correction.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003843}
3844
3845bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3846 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
3847 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003848 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003849retry_lookup:
3850 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
3851 EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003852 CorrectionValidator->IsObjCIvarLookup,
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003853 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
3854 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3855 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3856 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3857 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3858 if (TempSS) {
3859 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
3860 TempSS = nullptr;
3861 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
3862 goto retry_lookup;
3863 }
3864 if (TempMemberContext) {
3865 if (SS && !TempSS)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003866 TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003867 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
3868 goto retry_lookup;
3869 }
3870 if (SearchNamespaces)
3871 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3872 break;
3873
3874 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
3875 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
3876 break;
3877
3878 case LookupResult::Found:
3879 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
3880 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
3881 for (auto *TRD : Result)
3882 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003883 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Candidate);
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003884 if (!isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003885 if (SearchNamespaces)
3886 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3887 break;
3888 }
Kaelyn Takata20deb1d2015-01-28 00:46:09 +00003889 Candidate.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003890 return true;
3891 }
3892 return false;
3893}
3894
3895void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
3896 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
3897 for (auto QR : QualifiedResults) {
3898 for (auto NSI : Namespaces) {
3899 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
3900 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
3901
3902 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
3903 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
3904 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
3905 // is an appropriate correction.
3906 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : 0) {
3907 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
3908 continue;
3909 }
3910
3911 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
3912 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
3913 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
3914 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
3915 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
3916
3917 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
3918 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
3919 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
3920 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
3921 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
3922 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
3923 continue;
3924
3925 Result.clear();
3926 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
3927 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
3928 continue;
3929
3930 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
3931 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
3932 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3933 case LookupResult::Found:
3934 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
3935 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
3936 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3937 std::string OldQualified;
3938 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
3939 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
3940 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
3941 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
3942 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
3943 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
3944 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
3945 break;
3946 }
3947 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
3948 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
3949 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
3950 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
3951 : nullptr,
3952 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
3953 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
3954 }
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003955 if (TC.isResolved()) {
3956 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003957 addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003958 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003959 break;
3960 }
3961 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3962 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3963 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
3964 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3965 break;
3966 }
3967 }
3968 }
3969 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003970}
3971
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003972TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
3973 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramer15537272015-03-13 16:10:42 +00003974 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)) {
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003975 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3976 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3977 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
3978 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3979
3980 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3981 }
3982 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
3983 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
3984 // context.
3985 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3986 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3987 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3988 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
3989 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
3990 }
3991
3992 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00003993 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
3994 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
3995 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003996}
3997
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00003998auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
3999 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00004000 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004001 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004002 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004003 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
4004 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
4005 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
4006 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
4007 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
4008 }
4009 return Chain;
4010}
4011
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004012unsigned
4013TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
4014 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004015 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
4016 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
4017 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
4018 C != CEnd; ++C) {
4019 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
4020 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
4021 ++NumSpecifiers;
4022 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
4023 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
4024 RD->getTypeForDecl());
4025 ++NumSpecifiers;
4026 }
4027 }
4028 return NumSpecifiers;
4029}
4030
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004031void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
4032 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004033 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004034 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00004035 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004036 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
4037
4038 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
4039 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
4040 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
4041 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
4042 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
4043 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
4044 }
4045
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004046 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004047 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004048
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004049 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
4050 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004051 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004052 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004053 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004054 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004055 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
4056 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004057 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004058 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
4059 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004060 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
4061 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004062 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
4063 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
4064 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4065 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4066 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4067 SpecifierOStream.flush();
4068 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004069 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004070 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
4071 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
4072 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
4073 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
4074 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
4075 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004076 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004077 }
4078 }
4079
4080 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
4081 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
4082 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
4083 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
4084 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
4085 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4086 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4087 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
Craig Topper8c2a2a02014-08-30 16:55:39 +00004088 llvm::makeArrayRef(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
4089 llvm::makeArrayRef(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004090 }
4091
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004092 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
4093 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004094}
4095
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004096/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
4097static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
4098 LookupResult &Res,
4099 IdentifierInfo *Name,
4100 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4101 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4102 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004103 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
4104 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004105 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4106 Res.clear();
4107 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004108 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004109 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004110 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004111 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004112 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4113 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
4114 Res.resolveKind();
4115 return;
4116 }
4117 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004118
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004119 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(Name)) {
4120 Res.addDecl(Prop);
4121 Res.resolveKind();
4122 return;
4123 }
4124 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004125
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004126 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
4127 return;
4128 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004129
4130 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004131 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004132
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004133 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
4134 // LookupParsedName.
4135 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
4136 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004137 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004138 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
4139 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004140 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004141 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4142 Res.addDecl(IV);
4143 Res.resolveKind();
4144 }
4145 }
4146 }
4147}
4148
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004149/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
4150static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
4151 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004152 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4153 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4154 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4155 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
4156 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4157 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
4158 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
4159 return;
4160 }
4161
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004162 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
4163 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004164
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004165 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004166 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004167 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004168 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004169 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004170 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
4171 // storage-specifiers as well
4172 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
4173 };
4174
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004175 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004176 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
4177 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
4178
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004179 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004180 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004181 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004182 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004183 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004184 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
4185
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004186 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004187 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
4188 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
4189 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
4190
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004191 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004192 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
4193 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
4194 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
4195 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
4196 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
4197 }
4198 }
4199
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004200 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004201 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004202 } else if (CCC.WantFunctionLikeCasts) {
4203 static const char *const CastableTypeSpecs[] = {
4204 "char", "double", "float", "int", "long", "short",
4205 "signed", "unsigned", "void"
4206 };
4207 for (auto *kw : CastableTypeSpecs)
4208 Consumer.addKeywordResult(kw);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004209 }
4210
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004211 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004212 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
4213 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
4214 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
4215 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
4216 }
4217
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004218 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004219 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004220 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004221 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
4222 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
4223 }
4224
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004225 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004226 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004227 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4228 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004229 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004230 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4231 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4232
4233 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4234 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4235 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4236
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004237 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004238 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4239 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4240 }
4241 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004242
4243 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4244 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4245 // is present.
4246 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4247 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004248 }
4249
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004250 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004251 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4252 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004253 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004254 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004255 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004256 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4257 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4258
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004259 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004260 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4261 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4262 }
4263
4264 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4265 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4266
4267 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4268 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4269
4270 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4271 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4272 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4273 }
4274 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004275 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004276 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4277 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4278 }
4279
4280 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4281 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4282 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4283 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4284 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4285 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4286 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4287 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4288 }
4289 }
4290
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004291 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004292 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4293
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004294 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004295 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4296 }
4297 }
4298}
4299
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004300std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Sema::makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4301 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4302 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4303 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4304 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004305 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, bool ErrorRecovery) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004306
4307 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4308 DisableTypoCorrection)
4309 return nullptr;
4310
4311 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4312 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4313 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
4314 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
4315 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4316 return nullptr;
4317
4318 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
4319 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4320 if (!Typo)
4321 return nullptr;
4322
4323 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4324 // typos.
4325 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
4326 return nullptr;
4327
4328 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4329 // instantiation.
4330 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
4331 return nullptr;
4332
4333 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4334 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4335 return nullptr;
4336
4337 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4338 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4339 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
4340 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
4341 return nullptr;
4342
4343 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4344 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4345 // remove this workaround.
Ulrich Weigand3c5038a2015-07-30 14:08:36 +00004346 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector) && Typo->isStr("vector"))
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004347 return nullptr;
4348
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004349 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4350 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4351 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4352 unsigned Limit = getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticOptions().SpellCheckingLimit;
4353 if (Limit && TyposCorrected >= Limit)
4354 return nullptr;
4355 ++TyposCorrected;
4356
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004357 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4358 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
4359 if (ErrorRecovery && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4360 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
4361 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4362 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4363 TypoName.getLocStart());
4364 }
4365
4366 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCCRef = *CCC;
4367 auto Consumer = llvm::make_unique<TypoCorrectionConsumer>(
4368 *this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
4369 EnteringContext);
4370
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004371 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004372 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004373 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
4374 if (MemberContext) {
4375 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4376
4377 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4378 if (OPT) {
4379 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4380 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4381 }
4382 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
4383 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4384 if (!QualifiedDC)
4385 return nullptr;
4386
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004387 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4388 } else {
4389 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004390 }
4391
4392 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4393 // corrections.
4394 bool SearchNamespaces
4395 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4396 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
4397
4398 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
4399 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4400 // seen in this translation unit.
4401 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4402 for (const auto &I : Context.Idents)
4403 Consumer->FoundName(I.getKey());
4404
4405 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
4406 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4407 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4408 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
4409 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
4410 do {
4411 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4412 if (Name.empty())
4413 break;
4414
4415 Consumer->FoundName(Name);
4416 } while (true);
4417 }
4418 }
4419
4420 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, *Consumer, S, CCCRef, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
4421
4422 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4423 // to search those namespaces.
4424 if (SearchNamespaces) {
4425 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4426 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
4427 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
4428 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4429 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4430 for (auto *N : ExternalKnownNamespaces)
4431 KnownNamespaces[N] = true;
4432 }
4433
4434 Consumer->addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
4435 }
4436
4437 return Consumer;
4438}
4439
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004440/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4441/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4442/// present in the source code.
4443///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004444/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4445/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4446///
4447/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004448///
4449/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4450///
4451/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4452/// looking for, if present.
4453///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004454/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4455/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4456/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4457///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004458/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4459/// a member access expression.
4460///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004461/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004462/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4463///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004464/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4465/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4466///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004467/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4468/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4469/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4470/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4471TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4472 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4473 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004474 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004475 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004476 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4477 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004478 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4479 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004480 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypo requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4481
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004482 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4483 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4484 if (ExternalSource) {
4485 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004486 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004487 return Correction;
4488 }
4489
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004490 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4491 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4492 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4493 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4494 bool ObjCMessageReceiver = CCC->WantObjCSuper && !CCC->WantRemainingKeywords;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004495
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004496 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004497 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4498 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004499 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004500
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004501 if (!Consumer)
4502 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004503
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004504 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004505 if (Consumer->empty())
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004506 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004507
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004508 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4509 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004510 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4511 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004512 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004513 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004514
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004515 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
4516 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004517 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004518 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004519
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004520 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004521
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004522 if (TypoLen >= 3 && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004523 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4524 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4525 // that no correction was found.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004526 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004527 }
4528
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004529 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004530 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4531 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4532 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004533
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004534 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4535 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004536 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4537 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004538
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004539 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4540 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004541 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004542 return TC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004543 } else if (SecondBestTC && ObjCMessageReceiver) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004544 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4545 // context.
4546
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004547 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4548 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4549 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004550 else if ((*Consumer)["super"].front().isKeyword())
4551 BestTC = (*Consumer)["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004552 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004553 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4554 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004555 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4556 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004557 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004558
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004559 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4560 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004561 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004562
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004563 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4564 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4565 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004566 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure && !SecondBestTC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004567}
4568
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004569/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4570/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4571/// present in the source code.
4572///
4573/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4574/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4575///
4576/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
4577///
4578/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4579///
4580/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4581/// looking for, if present.
4582///
4583/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4584/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4585/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4586///
4587/// \param TDG A TypoDiagnosticGenerator functor that will be used to print
4588/// diagnostics when the actual typo correction is attempted.
4589///
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004590/// \param TRC A TypoRecoveryCallback functor that will be used to build an
4591/// Expr from a typo correction candidate.
4592///
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004593/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4594/// a member access expression.
4595///
4596/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
4597/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4598///
4599/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4600/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4601///
4602/// \returns a new \c TypoExpr that will later be replaced in the AST with an
4603/// Expr representing the result of performing typo correction, or nullptr if
4604/// typo correction is not possible. If nullptr is returned, no diagnostics will
4605/// be emitted and it is the responsibility of the caller to emit any that are
4606/// needed.
4607TypoExpr *Sema::CorrectTypoDelayed(
4608 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4609 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4610 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004611 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004612 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4613 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT) {
4614 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypoDelayed requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4615
4616 TypoCorrection Empty;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004617 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4618 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004619 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004620
4621 if (!Consumer || Consumer->empty())
4622 return nullptr;
4623
4624 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4625 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
4626 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4627 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4628 if (ED > 0 && Typo->getName().size() / ED < 3)
4629 return nullptr;
4630
4631 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos++;
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004632 return createDelayedTypo(std::move(Consumer), std::move(TDG), std::move(TRC));
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004633}
4634
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004635void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4636 if (!CDecl) return;
4637
4638 if (isKeyword())
4639 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4640
Kaelyn Uhrainf60b55a2012-11-19 18:49:53 +00004641 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl->getUnderlyingDecl());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004642
4643 if (!CorrectionName)
4644 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4645}
4646
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004647std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4648 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4649 std::string tmpBuffer;
4650 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4651 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004652 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004653 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004654 }
4655
4656 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004657}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004658
Nico Weberb58e51c2014-11-19 05:21:39 +00004659bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(
4660 const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004661 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4662 return true;
4663
4664 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4665 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4666 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4667
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004668 bool HasNonType = false;
4669 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4670 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4671 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4672 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4673 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4674 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4675 if (Method->isStatic())
4676 HasStaticMethod = true;
4677 else
4678 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4679 }
4680 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4681 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004682 }
4683
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004684 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4685 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4686 return false;
4687
4688 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004689}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004690
4691FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004692 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004693 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004694 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004695 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004696 WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
4697 WantFunctionLikeCasts = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NumArgs == 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004698 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4699}
4700
4701bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4702 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4703 return candidate.isKeyword();
4704
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004705 for (auto *C : candidate) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004706 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004707 NamedDecl *ND = C->getUnderlyingDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004708 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4709 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4710 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4711 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4712 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4713 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4714 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4715 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4716 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4717 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4718 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004719 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004720 return true;
4721 }
4722 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004723
4724 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4725 // the current number of arguments.
4726 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4727 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4728 continue;
4729
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004730 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4731 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4732 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4733 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004734 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004735 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4736 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4737 MemberFn
4738 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4739 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004740 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004741 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004742 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4743 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4744 continue;
4745 }
4746 }
4747 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004748 }
4749 return false;
4750}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004751
4752void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4753 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4754 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4755 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4756 ErrorRecovery);
4757}
4758
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004759/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4760/// the given declaration.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004761static NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(NamedDecl *D) {
4762 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004763 return VD->getDefinition();
4764 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004765 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(FD) : nullptr;
4766 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004767 return TD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004768 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004769 return ID->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004770 if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004771 return PD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004772 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004773 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004774 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004775}
4776
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004777void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4778 bool NeedDefinition, bool Recover) {
4779 assert(!isVisible(Decl) && "missing import for non-hidden decl?");
4780
4781 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4782 // possible.
4783 NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4784 if (!Def)
4785 Def = Decl;
4786
4787 // FIXME: Add a Fix-It that imports the corresponding module or includes
4788 // the header.
4789 Module *Owner = getOwningModule(Decl);
4790 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4791
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004792 llvm::SmallVector<Module*, 8> OwningModules;
4793 OwningModules.push_back(Owner);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004794 auto Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Decl);
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004795 OwningModules.insert(OwningModules.end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
4796
4797 diagnoseMissingImport(Loc, Decl, Decl->getLocation(), OwningModules,
4798 NeedDefinition ? MissingImportKind::Definition
4799 : MissingImportKind::Declaration,
4800 Recover);
4801}
4802
4803void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation UseLoc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4804 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4805 ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
4806 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
4807 assert(!Modules.empty());
4808
4809 if (Modules.size() > 1) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004810 std::string ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004811 unsigned N = 0;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004812 for (Module *M : Modules) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004813 ModuleList += "\n ";
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004814 if (++N == 5 && N != Modules.size()) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004815 ModuleList += "[...]";
4816 break;
4817 }
4818 ModuleList += M->getFullModuleName();
4819 }
4820
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004821 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_multiple)
4822 << (int)MIK << Decl << ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004823 } else {
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004824 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use)
4825 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName();
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004826 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004827
4828 unsigned DiagID;
4829 switch (MIK) {
4830 case MissingImportKind::Declaration:
4831 DiagID = diag::note_previous_declaration;
4832 break;
4833 case MissingImportKind::Definition:
4834 DiagID = diag::note_previous_definition;
4835 break;
4836 case MissingImportKind::DefaultArgument:
4837 DiagID = diag::note_default_argument_declared_here;
4838 break;
4839 }
4840 Diag(DeclLoc, DiagID);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004841
4842 // Try to recover by implicitly importing this module.
4843 if (Recover)
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004844 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(UseLoc, Modules[0]);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004845}
4846
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004847/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
4848/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
4849///
4850/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
4851/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
4852/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
4853/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
4854/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
4855/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
4856/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
4857/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
4858/// to it.
4859void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4860 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4861 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4862 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4863 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4864 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
4865 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4866 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
4867
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004868 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
4869 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
4870 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4871 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
4872
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004873 diagnoseMissingImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Decl,
4874 /*NeedDefinition*/ false, ErrorRecovery);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004875 return;
4876 }
4877
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004878 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
4879 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
4880
4881 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004882 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004883 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
4884 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
4885 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
4886}
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004887
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004888TypoExpr *Sema::createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
4889 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
4890 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004891 assert(TCC && "createDelayedTypo requires a valid TypoCorrectionConsumer");
4892 auto TE = new (Context) TypoExpr(Context.DependentTy);
4893 auto &State = DelayedTypos[TE];
4894 State.Consumer = std::move(TCC);
4895 State.DiagHandler = std::move(TDG);
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004896 State.RecoveryHandler = std::move(TRC);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004897 return TE;
4898}
4899
4900const Sema::TypoExprState &Sema::getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const {
4901 auto Entry = DelayedTypos.find(TE);
4902 assert(Entry != DelayedTypos.end() &&
4903 "Failed to get the state for a TypoExpr!");
4904 return Entry->second;
4905}
4906
4907void Sema::clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE) {
4908 DelayedTypos.erase(TE);
4909}